1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
301 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
308 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
309 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
310 the string table over and over. */
311 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
314 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
315 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
317 return (char *) shstrtab
;
321 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
322 unsigned int shindex
,
323 unsigned int strindex
)
325 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
330 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
333 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
335 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
336 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
339 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
341 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
342 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
343 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
344 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
345 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
347 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
351 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
354 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
355 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
356 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
357 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
358 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
359 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
360 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
363 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
364 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
367 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
369 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
371 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
373 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
374 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
375 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
376 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
377 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
378 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
379 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
384 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
390 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
392 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
393 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
395 /* Read the symbols. */
397 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
399 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
400 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
401 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
402 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
403 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
405 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
406 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
408 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
409 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
410 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
416 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
420 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
421 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
422 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
424 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
425 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
426 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
428 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
429 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
430 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
437 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
439 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
440 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
441 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
442 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
446 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
447 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
448 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
449 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
451 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
452 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
454 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
455 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
456 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
457 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
458 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
465 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
467 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
468 free (alloc_extshndx
);
473 /* Look up a symbol name. */
475 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
476 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
477 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
481 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
482 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
484 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
485 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
486 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
488 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
489 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
492 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
495 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
496 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
501 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
502 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
505 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
506 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
508 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
510 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
511 signature just a string? */
514 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
516 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
517 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
518 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
519 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
521 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
522 that it is a symbol table section. */
523 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
525 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
526 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
527 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
530 /* Go read the symbol. */
531 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
532 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
533 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
536 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
539 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
542 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
544 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
546 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
547 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
550 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
552 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
553 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
554 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
557 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
558 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
559 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
560 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
561 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
563 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
565 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
567 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
573 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
578 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
579 so we can find them quickly. */
582 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
583 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
584 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
585 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
589 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
591 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
593 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
596 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
598 /* Add to list of sections. */
599 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
602 /* Read the raw contents. */
603 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
604 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
605 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
606 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
607 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
608 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
611 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
612 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
616 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
618 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
619 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
623 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
624 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
625 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
627 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
628 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
635 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
636 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
639 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
640 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
641 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
646 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
647 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
650 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
657 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
661 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
663 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
664 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
665 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
667 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
668 section is a member. */
670 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
674 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
675 other members to see if any others are linked via
677 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
678 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
680 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
681 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
685 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
686 insert current section in circular list. */
687 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
688 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
689 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
695 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
698 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
700 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
701 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
704 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
706 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
707 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
715 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
717 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
724 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
727 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
728 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
731 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
732 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
734 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
735 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
737 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
738 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
739 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
740 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
743 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
744 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
745 bed
->link_order_error_handler
746 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
751 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
753 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
755 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
756 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
760 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
761 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
764 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
765 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
766 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
770 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
775 /* Process section groups. */
776 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
779 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
781 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
782 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
783 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
786 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
787 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
788 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
789 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
790 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
791 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
792 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
793 relocation sections are in section group in input object
795 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
798 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
799 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
800 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
802 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
803 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
804 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
807 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
815 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
817 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
820 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
821 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
824 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
825 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
831 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
833 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
836 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
840 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
841 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
842 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
844 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
845 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
846 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
848 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
850 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
851 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
852 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
853 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
856 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
857 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
858 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
859 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
860 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
861 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
864 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
867 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
868 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
869 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
871 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
873 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
876 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
877 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
878 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
880 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
881 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
883 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
884 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
885 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
886 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
888 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
890 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
891 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
898 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
899 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
900 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
901 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
902 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
904 else if (name
[1] == 's')
906 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
907 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
910 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
911 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
915 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
916 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
917 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
918 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
919 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
920 all but one of the sections. */
921 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
922 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
923 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
925 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
926 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
927 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
930 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
933 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
934 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
935 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
936 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
940 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
943 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
947 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
949 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
950 unsigned int i
, nload
;
952 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
953 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
954 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
955 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
956 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
957 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
958 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
960 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
962 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
965 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
966 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
968 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
969 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
970 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
971 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
973 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
974 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
975 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
977 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
978 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
979 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
980 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
981 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
982 segment will contain sections with contiguous
983 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
984 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
985 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
987 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
988 offsets whether a section with zero size should
989 be placed at the end of one segment or the
990 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
991 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
992 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
993 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
999 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1000 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1001 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1002 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1003 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1005 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1008 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd
, newsect
))
1010 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1011 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1012 action
= decompress
;
1016 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1017 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
) && newsect
->size
!= 0)
1027 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1029 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1030 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1036 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1038 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
1039 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1043 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
1047 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1049 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1050 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1056 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1058 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1059 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1062 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1066 if (new_name
!= NULL
)
1067 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1073 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1074 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1075 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1076 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1079 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1080 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1081 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1082 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1083 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1084 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1085 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1086 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1087 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1089 bfd_reloc_status_type
1090 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1091 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1093 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1094 asection
*input_section
,
1096 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1098 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1099 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1100 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1101 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1103 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1104 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1107 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1110 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1114 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1116 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1117 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1120 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1121 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1122 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1124 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1125 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1126 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1128 /* Copy object attributes. */
1129 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1134 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1139 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1140 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1141 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1142 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1143 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1144 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1145 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1146 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1147 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1148 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1149 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1150 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1155 /* Print out the program headers. */
1158 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1160 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1161 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1163 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1165 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1170 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1171 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1172 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1174 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1179 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1182 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1183 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1184 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1185 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1186 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1187 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1188 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1189 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1190 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1191 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1192 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1193 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1194 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1195 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1196 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1197 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1198 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1203 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1206 unsigned int elfsec
;
1207 unsigned long shlink
;
1208 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1210 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1212 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1214 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1217 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1218 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1220 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1222 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1223 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1226 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1227 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1229 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1230 const char *name
= "";
1232 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1233 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1235 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1237 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1244 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1245 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1247 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1249 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1254 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1255 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1256 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1257 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1258 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1259 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1260 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1261 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1262 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1263 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1264 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1265 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1266 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1267 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1268 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1269 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1270 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1271 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1272 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1273 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1274 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1275 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1276 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1277 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1278 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1279 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1280 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1281 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1282 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1283 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1284 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1285 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1286 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1287 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1288 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1289 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1290 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1291 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1292 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1293 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1294 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1295 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1296 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1297 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1298 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1299 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1300 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1301 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1302 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1303 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1304 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1305 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1306 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1307 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1308 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1309 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1310 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1311 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1314 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1318 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1323 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1325 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1328 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1337 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1338 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1340 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1344 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1346 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1348 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1349 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1351 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1352 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1353 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1354 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1356 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1359 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1363 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1369 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1371 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1373 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1374 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1376 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1378 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1379 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1380 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1381 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1382 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1383 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1395 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1398 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1401 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1403 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1406 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1407 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1409 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1410 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1411 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1412 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1414 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1416 const char *section_name
;
1417 const char *name
= NULL
;
1418 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1419 unsigned char st_other
;
1422 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1424 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1425 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1426 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1430 name
= symbol
->name
;
1431 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1434 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1435 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1436 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1437 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1438 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1439 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1440 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1442 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1443 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1445 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1446 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1447 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0
1448 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1450 unsigned int vernum
;
1451 const char *version_string
;
1453 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1456 version_string
= "";
1457 else if (vernum
== 1)
1458 version_string
= "Base";
1459 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1461 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1464 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1466 version_string
= "";
1467 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1471 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1473 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1475 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1477 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1484 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1485 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1490 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1491 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1496 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1497 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1502 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1503 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1504 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1506 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1508 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1511 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1517 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1519 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1520 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1522 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1524 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1529 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1530 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1531 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1533 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1540 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1542 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1545 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1547 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1548 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1549 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1552 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1555 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1556 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1557 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1562 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1563 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1566 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1569 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1570 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1571 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1572 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1573 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1574 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1575 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1576 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1577 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1578 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1580 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1581 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1583 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1585 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1586 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1587 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1590 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1591 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1592 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1594 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1599 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1601 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1603 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1605 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1606 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1607 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1608 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1610 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1611 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1615 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1617 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1618 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1620 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1621 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1623 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1631 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1632 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1635 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1637 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1639 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1641 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1642 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1643 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1647 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1648 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1649 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1650 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1651 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1653 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1654 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1655 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1656 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1657 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1659 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1660 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1661 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1665 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1666 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1667 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1668 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1670 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1672 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1673 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1675 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1676 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1677 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1681 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1683 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1684 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1685 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1689 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1693 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1694 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1697 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1699 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1701 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1703 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1704 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1705 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1709 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1710 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1711 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1712 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1713 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1715 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1716 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1717 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1719 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1720 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1723 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1724 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1725 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1726 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1729 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1730 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1732 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1734 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1735 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1738 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1741 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1742 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1745 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1748 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1749 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1750 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1751 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1753 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1757 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1758 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1759 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1760 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1762 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1764 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1765 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1767 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1768 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1770 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1773 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1775 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1777 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1778 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1782 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1786 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1788 asection
*target_sect
;
1789 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
1790 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1791 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
1795 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1796 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1799 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1800 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1802 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1803 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1804 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1805 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1809 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1810 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1811 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1812 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1813 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1814 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1815 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1817 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1818 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
1819 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1820 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1826 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1828 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1829 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1840 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1843 /* Get the symbol table. */
1844 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1845 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1846 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1849 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1850 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1851 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1852 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1853 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1854 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1855 sh_link points to the null section. */
1856 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
1857 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
1858 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
1859 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
1860 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1861 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1862 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1865 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
1867 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
1868 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
1871 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
1872 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1873 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
1875 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
1877 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr
== NULL
);
1878 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
1879 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1884 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
1885 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
1886 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
1887 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
1888 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1889 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1890 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1891 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1893 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1894 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
1896 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
1900 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
1901 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
1902 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
1903 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1905 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
1906 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
1908 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
1909 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
1910 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1912 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
1913 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
1914 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
1915 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1921 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
1923 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1925 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
1927 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
1928 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
1931 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
1932 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
1933 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1935 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1937 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
1941 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
1942 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
1943 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
1945 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
1953 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1954 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1955 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
1957 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1959 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
1963 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1964 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1967 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
1969 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1970 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1971 for applications? */
1972 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1973 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1974 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1975 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1977 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1978 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1981 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
1982 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
1983 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1984 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1985 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1987 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1988 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
1990 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1991 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
1992 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1993 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1994 be rejected with an error message. */
1995 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1996 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1998 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2000 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2001 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2004 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2005 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2006 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2007 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2015 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2018 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2020 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2022 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2024 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2026 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2027 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2028 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2030 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2031 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2032 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2035 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2037 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2040 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2043 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2046 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2050 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2052 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2054 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2057 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2059 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2060 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2063 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2065 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2066 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2069 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2071 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2072 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2073 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2074 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2075 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2076 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2077 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2078 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2079 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2080 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2081 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2083 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2084 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2087 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2091 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2094 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2096 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2097 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2098 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2099 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2100 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2101 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2102 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2103 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2105 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2108 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2110 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2111 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2114 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2116 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2117 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2118 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2119 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2122 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2124 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2125 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2128 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2130 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2131 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2132 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2135 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2137 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2138 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2139 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2142 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2144 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2145 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2146 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2147 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2148 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2151 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2153 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2154 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2155 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2156 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2157 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2158 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2159 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2162 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2164 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2165 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2166 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2167 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2170 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2172 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2173 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2174 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2175 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2176 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2179 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2181 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2182 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2183 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2185 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2186 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2187 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2188 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2191 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2193 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2195 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2197 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2198 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2199 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2205 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2208 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2209 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2210 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2216 len
= strlen (name
);
2218 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2221 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2223 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2225 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2228 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2229 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2231 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2233 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2235 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2236 && (suffix_len
== -2
2237 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2243 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2245 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2246 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2256 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2257 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2260 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2263 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2264 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2267 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2268 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2271 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2272 bed
->special_sections
,
2278 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2281 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2282 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2285 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2290 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2294 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2296 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2297 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2298 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2300 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2303 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2307 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2310 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2311 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2312 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2314 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2315 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2316 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2317 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2318 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2319 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2320 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2321 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2322 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2323 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2324 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2326 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2329 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2330 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2331 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2333 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2334 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2338 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2341 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2343 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2344 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2345 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2346 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2348 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2349 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2350 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2351 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2352 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2353 of combined data+bss.
2355 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2356 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2357 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2358 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2359 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2364 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2365 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2367 const char *type_name
)
2375 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2376 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2377 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2379 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2381 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2382 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2383 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2386 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2387 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2388 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2390 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2391 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2392 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2393 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2394 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2395 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2396 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2398 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2399 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2400 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2402 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2404 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2407 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2409 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2413 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2417 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2418 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2419 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2422 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2423 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2424 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2426 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2427 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2428 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2429 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2430 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2431 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2432 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2433 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2434 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2436 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2437 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2438 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2439 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2440 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2441 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2442 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2444 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2445 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2446 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2448 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2449 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2456 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2458 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2460 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2463 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2466 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2469 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2472 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2475 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2477 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2482 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2485 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2487 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2488 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2492 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2495 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2498 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2499 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2500 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2504 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2508 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2510 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2512 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2513 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2516 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2519 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2520 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2521 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2525 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2526 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
2528 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2530 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2532 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2535 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
2536 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
2537 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2538 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
2540 amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2541 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2544 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2546 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2548 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2550 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2551 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2552 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2553 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2554 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2555 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2556 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2557 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2558 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2563 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2566 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
2568 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2569 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2571 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
2574 struct fake_section_arg
2576 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
2580 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2583 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
2585 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
2586 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2587 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
2588 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2589 unsigned int sh_type
;
2593 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2598 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
2600 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2601 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2602 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2608 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2610 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2611 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2612 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2614 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2616 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2617 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2618 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2619 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2620 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2621 copy_private_section_data. */
2623 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2624 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2626 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2628 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2629 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2631 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
2633 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2634 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2635 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2636 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2637 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2639 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2640 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2641 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2642 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2643 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2644 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2645 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2648 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2654 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2655 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2656 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2663 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2667 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2671 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2675 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2676 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2680 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2681 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2684 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2685 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2688 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2689 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2690 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2691 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2693 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2694 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2696 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2697 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2700 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2701 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2702 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2703 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2705 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2706 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2708 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2709 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2713 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2717 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2721 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2722 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2723 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2724 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2725 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2726 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2727 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2729 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2730 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2731 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2732 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2734 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2735 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2736 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2738 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2739 if (asect
->size
== 0
2740 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2742 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2744 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2747 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2748 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2749 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2753 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
2754 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
2756 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2757 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2758 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2759 create the other. */
2760 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
2762 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2765 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2766 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
2767 && (arg
->link_info
->relocatable
|| arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
2769 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
2770 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, asect
, FALSE
))
2775 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
2776 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, asect
, TRUE
))
2782 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2784 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
2790 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2791 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2792 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2793 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2796 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2798 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2799 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2800 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2804 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2805 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2806 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2807 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2810 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2812 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
2813 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2817 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2819 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2823 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
2825 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
2827 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2829 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2830 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2834 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2835 elf_section_syms. */
2836 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
2837 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2839 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2841 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
2843 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2844 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2845 set until all local symbols are output. */
2846 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
2847 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
2848 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
2849 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
2850 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2852 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
2854 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2856 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
2857 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2859 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
2860 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2861 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2862 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2864 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
2867 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2869 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2872 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2874 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2875 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2876 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2883 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2885 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2886 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2887 start of the input section group. */
2888 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2890 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2891 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2892 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2893 directives, not that it matters. */
2900 s
= s
->output_section
;
2902 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
2904 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2907 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2909 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2914 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2917 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2920 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2921 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2922 in here too, while we're at it. */
2925 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2927 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2929 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2930 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2931 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2932 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
2936 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2938 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2939 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2941 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2942 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2944 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2946 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2948 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2950 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2951 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2952 abfd
->section_count
--;
2955 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2960 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2962 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2964 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2965 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2966 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
2969 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
2970 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2977 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
2978 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2984 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
2985 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2986 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
2988 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
2989 || (link_info
== NULL
2990 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
2994 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
2995 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2996 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
2998 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = section_number
++;
2999 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3000 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3001 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3002 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3005 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3006 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3009 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3011 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3012 abfd
, section_number
);
3016 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3017 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3019 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3020 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3022 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3024 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3025 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3026 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3029 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3030 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3031 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3033 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3037 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3039 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3042 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3043 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3045 i_shdrp
[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3046 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3048 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3049 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3052 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3057 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3059 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3060 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3061 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3062 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3063 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3065 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3067 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3068 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3069 the relocation entries apply. */
3070 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3072 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3073 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3075 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3077 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3078 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3081 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3082 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3084 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3087 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3088 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3090 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3091 if (discarded_section (s
))
3094 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3095 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3096 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3098 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3099 size as the discarded one. */
3100 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3103 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3109 s
= s
->output_section
;
3110 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3114 /* Handle objcopy. */
3115 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3117 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3118 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3119 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3120 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3123 s
= s
->output_section
;
3125 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3130 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3131 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3132 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3134 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3135 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3136 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3137 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3138 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3143 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3147 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3148 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3149 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3150 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3151 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3152 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3153 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3155 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3157 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3159 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3163 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3165 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3169 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3170 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3171 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3172 field to point to this section. */
3173 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3174 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3179 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3180 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3183 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3184 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3185 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3189 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3191 /* This is a .stab section. */
3192 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3193 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3194 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3201 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3202 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3203 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3204 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3206 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3208 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3211 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3212 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3213 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3214 the version strings. */
3215 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3216 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3218 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3223 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3224 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3225 this hash table or version table is for. */
3226 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3228 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3232 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3236 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3237 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3238 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3240 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3241 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3246 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3248 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3249 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3250 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3251 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3253 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3254 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3255 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3258 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3259 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3262 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3264 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3266 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3269 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3270 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3271 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3272 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3273 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3274 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3275 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3276 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3279 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3280 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3283 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
3285 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3286 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3287 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3288 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3289 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3290 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3291 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3298 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3302 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3304 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3305 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3309 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3310 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3312 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3313 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3315 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3316 decided to output. */
3317 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3319 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3321 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3323 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3324 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3326 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3328 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3329 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3331 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3335 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3336 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3338 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3340 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3344 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3345 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3346 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3347 at least in that case. */
3348 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3350 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3352 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3359 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3360 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3361 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3363 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3366 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3368 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3371 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3372 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3373 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3378 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3380 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3382 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3384 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3387 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3388 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3391 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3393 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3397 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3399 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
3403 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3404 ELF data structure. */
3406 static inline file_ptr
3407 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3409 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3412 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3413 required section alignment. */
3416 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3420 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3421 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3422 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3423 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3424 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3425 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3426 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3430 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3431 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3432 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3435 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3436 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3438 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3439 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
3441 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3442 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3443 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3445 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3448 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3449 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3450 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3452 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3455 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3456 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3457 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3459 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
3460 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
3461 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
3465 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3468 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3469 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
3470 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3471 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3475 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3476 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3478 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3483 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3485 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3490 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3491 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3492 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3493 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3494 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3495 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3496 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3497 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3498 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3499 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3500 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3502 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3508 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3510 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
3512 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3513 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3515 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3516 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3517 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3519 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3520 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3522 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
3524 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3526 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3527 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3529 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3532 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3537 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3538 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3540 static bfd_size_type
3541 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3545 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3547 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3548 and one for data. */
3551 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3552 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3554 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3555 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3556 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3561 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3563 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3567 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
3569 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3573 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
3575 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3579 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
3581 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3585 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3587 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3588 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3590 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3592 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3593 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3594 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3595 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3596 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3597 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3599 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3600 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3601 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3602 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3603 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3608 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3610 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3612 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3618 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3619 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3620 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3624 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3630 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3633 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3636 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3638 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3639 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3641 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3647 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3648 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3655 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3657 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3658 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3659 asection
**sections
,
3664 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3669 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3670 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3671 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3675 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3676 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3677 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3678 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3680 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3682 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3683 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3684 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3690 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3693 struct elf_segment_map
*
3694 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3696 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3698 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3699 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3703 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3705 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3710 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3713 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
3714 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3715 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
3717 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3718 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3720 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3721 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3722 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3723 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3725 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
3728 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3730 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3732 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3733 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3734 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3736 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3740 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3742 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3748 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3749 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3751 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3758 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3761 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3764 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3765 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3766 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3767 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
3769 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
3772 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
3774 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3778 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3779 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3782 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3783 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3785 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3786 bfd_boolean writable
;
3788 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3789 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3791 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
3793 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3795 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
3796 sizeof (asection
*));
3797 if (sections
== NULL
)
3800 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3801 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3803 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
3804 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
3807 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3809 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3813 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3814 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
3815 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
3818 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3821 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3823 /* Build the mapping. */
3828 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3829 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3831 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3832 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3834 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3835 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3839 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3840 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3841 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3842 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3843 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3848 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3849 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3853 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3861 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3862 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3863 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3867 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3869 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3871 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3874 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3875 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3876 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3877 program headers we will need. */
3880 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
3882 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3883 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3884 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
3885 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3886 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
3887 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
3888 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3889 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
3890 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3893 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3896 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3900 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3903 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3905 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3906 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3907 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3909 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3911 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3912 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3916 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
3917 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
3919 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3920 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3923 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3924 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3925 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3926 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3927 section can be included in the current segment. */
3928 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3930 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3933 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3934 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3937 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3938 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3940 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3941 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3942 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3945 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3947 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3948 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3949 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3950 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3953 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3954 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
3955 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
3957 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3958 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3959 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3960 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3961 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3962 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3963 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3968 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3969 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3972 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3973 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
3975 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
3977 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
3983 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3986 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3987 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3988 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3989 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3995 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3996 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3998 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4005 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4011 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4012 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4013 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4017 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4020 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4022 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4023 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4024 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4025 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4027 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4035 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4038 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4045 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4046 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4047 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4048 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4049 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4051 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4053 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4054 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4059 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4060 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4061 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4063 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4064 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4065 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4066 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4072 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4073 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4077 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4081 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4082 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4085 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4086 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4090 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4098 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4101 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4102 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4103 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4108 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4109 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4111 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4112 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4114 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4115 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4116 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4123 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4125 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
4126 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4127 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4129 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4130 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4134 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4136 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4142 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4144 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4145 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4149 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4150 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
4151 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
4152 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4153 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
4154 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
4156 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
4157 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
4164 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4166 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4168 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4170 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4171 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4174 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4175 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4176 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4179 if (i
== (unsigned) -1)
4182 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
+ m
->sections
[i
]->size
4188 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4191 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4192 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4196 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4198 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4206 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
4209 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4212 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4214 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4219 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4224 /* Sort sections by address. */
4227 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4229 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4230 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4231 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4233 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4234 place the section into a segment. */
4235 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4237 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4240 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4241 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4242 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4244 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4247 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4249 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4255 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4256 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4257 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4258 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4263 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4268 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4269 before others at the same address. */
4271 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4272 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4279 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4282 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4284 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4285 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4286 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4287 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4288 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4291 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4292 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4294 /* In other words, something like:
4296 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4297 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4298 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4299 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4301 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4303 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4306 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4308 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4312 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4315 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4320 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4321 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4322 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4323 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4324 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4325 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4327 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4328 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4332 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4333 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4334 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4340 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4345 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4347 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4350 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
4355 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4356 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4360 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4361 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4363 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4364 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4365 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4366 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4368 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4371 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
4373 if (link_info
== NULL
4374 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4378 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4382 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
4387 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4388 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4392 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4393 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
4394 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
4397 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4399 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4400 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4402 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
4403 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4407 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4411 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
4412 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4413 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4414 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
4415 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
4417 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4418 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4419 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4420 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
4422 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
4424 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
4425 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4426 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4431 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4432 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4434 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4435 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4436 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4442 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4444 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4448 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4450 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4451 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4452 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4453 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4454 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4456 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4457 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4458 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4461 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4462 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4463 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4464 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4465 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4466 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4467 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4472 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4474 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4475 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4476 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4479 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4481 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4482 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4484 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4485 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4486 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4487 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4488 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4489 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4490 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4492 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4493 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4495 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4497 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4498 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4499 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4500 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4504 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4506 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4509 bfd_size_type align
;
4510 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4512 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4516 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4518 unsigned int secalign
;
4520 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4521 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4522 align_power
= secalign
;
4524 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4525 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4526 align
= maxpagesize
;
4529 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4530 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4531 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4532 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4533 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4534 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4536 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4539 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4540 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
4542 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4546 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
4550 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4551 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4552 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4553 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4554 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4555 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4556 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4557 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4562 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4563 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4564 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4566 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4569 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4571 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4574 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4575 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
4576 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4577 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
4583 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4585 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4587 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4588 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4591 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4593 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4594 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4596 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4601 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4606 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4608 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4611 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4613 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4617 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4618 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4619 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4623 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4624 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4627 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
4628 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
4632 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4633 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4635 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4641 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4643 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4644 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4648 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4649 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4650 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4651 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4652 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4653 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4656 bfd_size_type align
;
4657 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4660 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4661 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4663 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4664 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4665 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4666 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4667 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4668 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
4670 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
4671 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
4672 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
4673 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
4677 || p_end
< p_start
))
4679 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4680 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
4681 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
4685 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4687 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4689 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
4691 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4692 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4694 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
4695 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
4699 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4703 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4705 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4709 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4710 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4711 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4717 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4726 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4728 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4729 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4730 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4732 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4733 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
4734 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
4736 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4737 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4738 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4739 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4740 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4741 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4743 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
4745 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
4748 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4750 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4751 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4752 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4753 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4754 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4755 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4757 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4759 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4760 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4762 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4764 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
4765 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4768 if (align
> p
->p_align
4769 && !m
->p_align_valid
4770 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4771 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4775 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4778 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4780 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4786 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4787 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4788 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4790 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
4792 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4793 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
4794 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
4795 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
4796 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
4797 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
4799 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4804 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4806 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4809 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
4810 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
4811 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
4812 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
4814 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4815 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4817 print_segment_map (m
);
4823 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4827 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4830 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4831 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4833 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4834 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4835 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4836 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4837 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4838 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4839 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
4840 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4841 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4843 unsigned int num_sec
;
4847 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4848 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4849 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4850 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4852 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4855 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4856 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4857 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4858 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4859 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
4860 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4862 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4863 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4864 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4866 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4868 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
4869 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4870 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4871 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4874 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4876 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4879 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4880 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4881 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
4882 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]
4883 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)])
4884 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4886 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4889 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4890 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4894 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4896 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
4897 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4898 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
4901 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4904 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4906 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4907 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4909 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4911 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4912 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4913 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4916 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4917 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4922 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
4924 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
4925 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
4926 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
4928 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
4929 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
4930 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4931 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
4933 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
4934 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4935 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4936 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4939 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
4940 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
4941 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
4943 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
4944 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4953 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
4954 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
4958 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4959 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4962 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4963 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
4968 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
4970 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4972 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4973 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
4975 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
4977 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
4979 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
4981 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
4983 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4984 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
4985 && lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
>= link_info
->relro_end
4987 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
4991 /* PR ld/14207. If the RELRO segment doesn't fit in the
4992 LOAD segment, it should be removed. */
4993 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
4997 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
4998 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
4999 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
5001 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5002 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
5007 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5009 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5010 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5011 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5012 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5013 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5014 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5015 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5018 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5019 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5020 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5021 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5022 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5024 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5026 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5027 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
5031 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5032 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5035 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5037 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5038 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5040 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5042 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5043 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5044 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5046 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
5049 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5050 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5052 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5053 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5054 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5056 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5063 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5065 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5066 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5067 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5069 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5071 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5072 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5073 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5077 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5082 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5083 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5084 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5086 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5087 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5088 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5089 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5090 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5091 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5092 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5094 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5097 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5098 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5100 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5101 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5103 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5105 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5106 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5108 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5109 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5110 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5113 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5114 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5116 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5117 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5118 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5119 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5121 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5124 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5125 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5126 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
5127 || i
== elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)
5128 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
))
5130 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5133 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5140 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5141 assignment of sections to segments. */
5142 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5145 /* And for non-load sections. */
5146 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5149 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5151 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5155 /* Write out the program headers. */
5156 alloc
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5157 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5158 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5161 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5164 /* Place the section headers. */
5165 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
5166 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
5167 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
5169 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5175 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5177 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5178 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5179 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5181 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5183 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5184 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5187 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5189 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5190 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5191 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5192 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5194 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5195 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5196 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5197 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5199 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5200 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5201 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5202 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5203 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5204 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5206 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5208 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5210 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5211 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5214 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5215 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5216 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5217 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5218 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5219 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5220 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5221 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5223 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5226 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5227 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5229 /* No program header, for now. */
5230 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5231 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5232 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5234 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5235 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5236 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5238 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5239 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5240 /* It all happens later. */
5244 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5245 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5248 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5249 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5251 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5252 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5253 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5254 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5255 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5256 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5262 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5263 of the loadable file image. */
5266 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5269 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5270 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5272 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5274 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5275 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5277 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5280 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5281 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5282 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5285 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5289 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5291 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5292 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5294 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5295 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
5297 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5298 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5301 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5304 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5308 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5310 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5311 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5312 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5314 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5315 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5316 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5318 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5320 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5321 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5326 /* Write out the section header names. */
5327 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5328 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5329 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5330 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5333 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5334 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
5336 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
5339 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5340 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
5341 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
5347 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5349 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5350 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5353 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5356 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5358 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5359 unsigned int sec_index
;
5361 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5362 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5363 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5365 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5366 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
5367 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5368 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
5369 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5370 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
5372 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
5374 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5375 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5377 int retval
= sec_index
;
5379 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5383 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
5384 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5389 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5393 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5395 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5397 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5399 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5400 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5401 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5402 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5403 input sections rather than the output section. */
5404 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5405 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5406 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5411 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5412 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5413 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5414 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5415 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5416 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5417 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5420 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5424 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5425 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5426 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5427 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5428 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5429 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5436 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5437 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
5445 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5448 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5450 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5451 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5452 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5453 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5454 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5457 unsigned int num_segments
;
5458 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5459 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5460 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5461 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5462 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5463 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5465 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5466 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5469 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5471 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5472 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5474 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5475 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5476 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5477 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5479 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5480 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5481 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5482 ? section->size : 0)
5484 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5485 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5486 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5487 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5488 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5489 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5491 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5492 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5493 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5494 (section->lma >= base \
5495 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5496 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5498 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5499 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5500 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5501 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5502 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5503 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5504 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5506 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5508 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5510 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5514 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5515 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5516 p_memsz set to 0. */
5517 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5519 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5520 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5521 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5522 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5524 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5525 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5526 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5528 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5529 A section will be included if:
5530 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5531 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5532 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5534 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5535 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5536 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5537 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5538 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5539 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5540 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5541 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5542 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5543 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5544 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5545 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5546 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5547 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5548 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5549 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5550 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5551 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5552 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5553 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5554 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5555 || (segment->p_paddr \
5556 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5557 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5558 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5560 && !section->segment_mark)
5562 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5563 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5564 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5565 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5566 && section->output_section != NULL)
5568 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5569 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5570 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5572 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5573 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5574 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5575 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5576 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5578 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5579 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5580 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5581 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5582 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5584 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5585 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5586 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5588 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5589 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5590 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5591 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5592 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5593 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5596 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5598 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5602 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5603 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5604 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5605 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5606 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5611 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5613 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5614 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5615 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5617 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5618 assignment code will work. */
5619 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5623 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5625 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5626 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5627 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5631 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5632 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5634 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5636 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5637 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5640 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5641 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5643 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5645 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5646 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
5648 if (extra_length
> 0)
5650 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5651 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5654 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5656 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5658 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5663 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5665 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5666 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
5668 if (extra_length
> 0)
5670 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5671 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5674 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5679 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5680 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5684 unsigned int section_count
;
5685 asection
**sections
;
5686 asection
*output_section
;
5688 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5689 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5692 asection
*first_section
;
5693 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
5694 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
5696 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5699 first_section
= NULL
;
5700 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5701 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5703 section
= section
->next
)
5705 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5706 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5707 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5709 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5710 first_section
= section
;
5711 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5716 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5717 all of the sections we have selected. */
5718 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5719 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5720 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5724 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5725 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5727 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5728 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5729 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5731 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5732 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5734 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5736 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5737 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5740 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5741 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5742 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5743 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5744 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5746 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5748 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5749 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5750 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5751 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5752 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5754 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5755 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5758 if (section_count
== 0)
5760 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5761 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5762 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5763 a warning is produced. */
5764 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5765 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5766 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5770 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5771 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5776 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5777 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5778 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5779 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5781 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5782 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5785 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5786 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5787 of the first section.
5789 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5790 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5791 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5792 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5793 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5795 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5796 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5797 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5798 or segments to contain the other sections.
5800 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5801 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5802 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5804 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5805 if (sections
== NULL
)
5808 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5809 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5810 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5811 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5812 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5817 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
5818 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5820 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5822 section
= section
->next
)
5823 if (section
== first_section
)
5826 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5828 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5830 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5832 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5834 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5835 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5836 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5837 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5839 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5840 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5842 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5843 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5844 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5847 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5849 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5851 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5853 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5854 LMA address of the output section. */
5855 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5856 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5857 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5858 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
5860 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
5862 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5863 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
5866 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5867 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5869 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5871 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5873 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5874 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5877 if (j
== section_count
)
5882 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5884 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5886 if (isec
== section_count
)
5888 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5889 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5890 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5891 program header in the input BFD. */
5892 map
->count
= section_count
;
5893 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5894 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5897 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5898 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5899 && !map
->includes_filehdr
5900 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5901 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5902 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5904 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5911 if (!first_matching_lma
)
5913 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5914 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5915 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5916 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5920 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5921 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5922 the LMA of the first section. */
5923 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5926 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5927 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5928 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5930 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
5931 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5934 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
5935 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5939 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5941 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5943 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5945 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5946 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5947 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5948 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5949 offset when we know the correct value. */
5950 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5951 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5954 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5958 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5959 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5960 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5961 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5962 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5963 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5970 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5972 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5973 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5975 section
= sections
[j
];
5977 if (section
== NULL
)
5980 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5982 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5984 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5985 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5987 if (map
->count
== 0)
5989 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5990 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5992 if (output_section
->lma
5994 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5995 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5996 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
6004 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
6006 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6007 and the start of this section is more than
6008 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6009 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
6011 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
6012 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
6013 > output_section
->lma
))
6015 if (first_suggested_lma
)
6017 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6018 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6025 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6028 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6030 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6032 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6033 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6037 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6039 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6040 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6041 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6043 if (isec
< section_count
)
6045 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6046 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6047 and carry on looping. */
6048 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6049 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6050 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6057 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6058 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6059 not yet been assigned. */
6061 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6062 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6063 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6064 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6065 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6066 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6067 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6070 while (isec
< section_count
);
6075 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6077 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6078 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6079 the offset if necessary. */
6080 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6084 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6087 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6088 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6089 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6094 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6095 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6097 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6098 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6099 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6100 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6101 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6102 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6106 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6109 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6111 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6112 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6113 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6114 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6115 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6117 unsigned int num_segments
;
6118 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6119 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6121 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6124 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6126 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6127 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6128 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6129 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6130 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6133 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6135 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6139 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6144 unsigned int section_count
;
6146 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6147 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6148 asection
*lowest_section
;
6150 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6151 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6153 section
= section
->next
)
6155 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6156 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6158 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6159 first_section
= section
;
6164 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6165 all of the sections we have selected. */
6166 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6167 if (section_count
!= 0)
6168 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6169 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6173 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6176 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6177 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6178 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6179 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6180 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6181 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6182 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6183 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6185 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
6186 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6188 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6189 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6190 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6191 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6192 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6194 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6195 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6198 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6199 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6200 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6201 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6203 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6204 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6206 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6207 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6208 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6209 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6210 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6212 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6213 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6216 lowest_section
= first_section
;
6217 if (section_count
!= 0)
6219 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6221 for (section
= first_section
;
6223 section
= section
->next
)
6225 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6226 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6228 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6229 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6233 if (section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6234 lowest_section
= section
;
6236 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6237 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6238 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6239 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6241 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6242 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6244 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6245 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
6246 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6248 if (isec
== section_count
)
6254 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
6255 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6256 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6258 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
6259 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6260 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
6261 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6262 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
6263 - segment
->p_paddr
);
6265 map
->count
= section_count
;
6266 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6267 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6270 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6274 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6278 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6280 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6281 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6284 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
6287 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6289 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6290 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6291 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6292 asection
*section
, *osec
;
6293 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
6294 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6295 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6297 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6299 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6300 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
6303 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6304 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6305 section
= section
->next
)
6306 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6308 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6309 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6313 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6314 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6315 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6316 map in this case. */
6317 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
6318 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
6319 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
6322 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6323 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6325 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6326 from the input BFD. */
6327 osec
= section
->output_section
;
6329 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6331 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6332 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6333 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6335 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6336 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6338 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
6339 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
6340 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
6341 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
6342 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
6343 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
6349 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6351 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6352 section
= section
->next
)
6354 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
6357 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6360 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6364 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6366 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
6367 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
6368 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6370 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6371 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
6373 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6376 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6377 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
6378 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
6380 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
6381 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
6384 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6387 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6390 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6394 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6397 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6398 bfd_boolean final_link
= link_info
!= NULL
&& !link_info
->relocatable
;
6400 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6401 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6404 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
6406 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6407 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6408 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6409 that the linker clears to differ. */
6410 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6411 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6413 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
6414 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
6415 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6417 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6418 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6419 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6421 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6422 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6423 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6424 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6427 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6428 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6430 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6431 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6432 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6433 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
6437 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6439 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6440 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6441 may be NULL at this point. */
6442 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6444 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6445 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6446 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6449 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6454 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6455 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6458 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6463 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6465 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6466 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6469 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6470 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6472 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6474 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6475 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6476 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6477 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6478 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6480 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6484 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6485 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6486 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6487 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6488 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6492 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
6496 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6497 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
6499 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6500 asection
*s
= first
;
6501 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
6505 /* If this member section is being output but the
6506 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6507 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6508 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
6509 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
6511 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6512 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6514 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6515 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6516 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
6517 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
6519 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6525 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
6527 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6528 adjust the input section size. This function may
6529 be called multiple times, so save the original
6531 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6532 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6533 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
6537 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6539 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
6547 /* Copy private header information. */
6550 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6552 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6553 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6556 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6557 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6558 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6559 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6560 already been worked out. */
6561 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6563 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6567 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
6570 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6571 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6572 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6573 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6574 swap_out_syms function. */
6576 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6577 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6578 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6579 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6580 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6583 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6588 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6590 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6591 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6594 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6595 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6598 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
6600 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6604 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6605 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6606 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6607 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6608 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6609 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
6611 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
6612 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6613 else if (shndx
== elf_symtab_shndx (ibfd
))
6614 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6615 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6621 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6624 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6625 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6628 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6631 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6632 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6633 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6634 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6635 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6636 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6638 unsigned int num_locals
;
6640 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6642 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
6645 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6646 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6650 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6651 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6652 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6653 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6654 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6655 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6656 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
6657 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6659 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6660 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6662 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6663 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6664 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6666 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6669 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6671 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6672 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6673 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6675 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6676 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
6677 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6678 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6680 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6684 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6685 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6686 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6687 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6688 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6691 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6693 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6694 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6700 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6701 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6702 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6703 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6704 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6705 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6709 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6710 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6712 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6713 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6715 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6716 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6717 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6718 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6721 if (!name_local_sections
6722 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6724 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6729 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6732 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6734 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6739 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6741 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6742 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6744 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6745 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6746 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6747 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6748 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6749 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6750 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6752 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6753 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6754 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6758 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6761 if (sec
->output_section
)
6763 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6764 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6767 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6768 if (! relocatable_p
)
6770 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6771 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6773 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6775 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6777 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6778 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6779 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6780 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6784 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6787 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6790 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
6793 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
6796 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
);
6805 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6807 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6811 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6812 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6813 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6814 demand of applications. For example, it
6815 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6816 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6817 actually in the output file. */
6818 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6821 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6822 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6823 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6825 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6826 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6830 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6831 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
6835 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6838 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6840 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6841 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
6842 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6844 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6846 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
6848 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
6853 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6856 /* Processor-specific types. */
6857 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6858 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6859 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6860 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6862 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6864 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6865 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6867 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6869 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6871 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6872 if (type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6873 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_COMMON
);
6876 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6878 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6879 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6883 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6884 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6887 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6889 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6891 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
6892 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
6893 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6895 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6898 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6901 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6903 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6904 sym
.st_target_internal
6905 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
6910 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6913 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6914 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6915 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6916 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6920 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6921 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6923 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6924 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6925 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6926 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6927 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6928 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6933 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6935 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6936 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6937 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6940 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6944 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6946 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6947 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6949 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6955 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6959 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6961 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6963 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6967 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6968 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6970 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6976 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6979 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6982 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6985 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6992 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6994 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6997 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6998 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6999 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
7003 return section
->reloc_count
;
7007 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
7009 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7010 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
7013 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7018 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
7019 asymbol
**allocation
)
7021 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7022 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
7025 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7029 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7030 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7031 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7032 dynamic reloc section. */
7035 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7040 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7042 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7046 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
7047 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7048 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7049 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7050 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7051 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
7052 * sizeof (arelent
*));
7057 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7058 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7059 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7060 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7061 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7062 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7063 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7066 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7070 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
7074 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7076 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7080 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
7082 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7084 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7085 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7086 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7091 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7093 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7095 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7106 /* Read in the version information. */
7109 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7111 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7112 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7114 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7116 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7117 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7118 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7120 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7122 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7124 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7125 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7126 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7129 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
7131 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7132 if (contents
== NULL
)
7134 error_return_verref
:
7135 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7136 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7139 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7140 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7141 goto error_return_verref
;
7143 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7144 goto error_return_verref
;
7146 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7147 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7148 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7149 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7150 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7151 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7153 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7154 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7157 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7159 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7161 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7162 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7164 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7165 goto error_return_verref
;
7167 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7168 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7171 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7172 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7173 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7174 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7175 goto error_return_verref
;
7178 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
7179 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7180 goto error_return_verref
;
7182 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7183 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
7184 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
7185 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
7187 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
7189 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
7190 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7191 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
7192 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
7193 goto error_return_verref
;
7195 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
7196 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
7198 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
7200 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
7201 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
7202 goto error_return_verref
;
7204 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7205 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
7207 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
7208 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
7211 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
7212 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
7214 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
7216 if (iverneed
->vn_next
7217 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7218 goto error_return_verref
;
7220 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
7221 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
7228 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
7230 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7231 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
7232 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7233 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
7234 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
7236 unsigned int maxidx
;
7237 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
7239 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
7241 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7242 if (contents
== NULL
)
7244 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7245 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7248 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
7251 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
7252 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
7253 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7254 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
7255 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7256 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
7258 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7259 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7261 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7263 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
7265 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7267 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
7268 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
7270 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
7271 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7274 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7275 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
7278 if (default_imported_symver
)
7280 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
7285 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7286 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7287 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7290 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
7292 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7293 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
7294 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
7296 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
7297 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7300 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7302 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
7304 error_return_verdef
:
7305 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
7306 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
7310 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
7311 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7313 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7315 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
7316 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
7319 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7320 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
7321 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7322 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7323 goto error_return_verdef
;
7327 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7328 goto error_return_verdef
;
7330 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7331 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
7332 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7333 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
7335 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
7337 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
7338 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7339 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
7340 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
7341 goto error_return_verdef
;
7343 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7344 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
7346 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7348 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
7349 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
7350 goto error_return_verdef
;
7352 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7353 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
7356 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7357 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
7359 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
7360 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
7362 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7364 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7365 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
7371 else if (default_imported_symver
)
7378 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7379 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7380 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7383 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
7386 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7387 if (default_imported_symver
)
7389 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7390 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7392 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
7394 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
7395 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
7396 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
7397 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
7399 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7401 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
7402 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
7403 goto error_return_verdef
;
7404 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7405 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7406 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7407 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7408 goto error_return_verdef
;
7410 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7411 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
7412 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7418 if (contents
!= NULL
)
7424 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
7426 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
7427 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
7429 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7434 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
7435 return &newsym
->symbol
;
7440 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7444 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
7447 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7448 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7452 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7455 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7456 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
7459 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7460 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7461 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
7464 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7465 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7466 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7467 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7468 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7469 we treat such symbols as local. */
7470 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7477 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7478 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7485 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7486 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7487 unsigned long machine
)
7489 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7490 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7491 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7492 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7493 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7496 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7499 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7500 for error reporting. */
7503 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd
,
7507 const char **filename_ptr
,
7508 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7510 struct elf_find_function_cache
7512 asection
*last_section
;
7514 const char *filename
;
7515 bfd_size_type func_size
;
7518 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7521 cache
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_find_function_cache
;
7524 cache
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*cache
));
7525 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_find_function_cache
= cache
;
7529 if (cache
->last_section
!= section
7530 || cache
->func
== NULL
7531 || offset
< cache
->func
->value
7532 || offset
>= cache
->func
->value
+ cache
->func_size
)
7537 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7538 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7539 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7540 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7541 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7542 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7543 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7544 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7545 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7546 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7550 state
= nothing_seen
;
7551 cache
->filename
= NULL
;
7553 cache
->func_size
= 0;
7554 cache
->last_section
= section
;
7556 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7562 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_FILE
) != 0)
7565 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7566 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7570 size
= bed
->maybe_function_sym (sym
, section
, &code_off
);
7572 && code_off
<= offset
7573 && (code_off
> low_func
7574 || (code_off
== low_func
7575 && size
> cache
->func_size
)))
7578 cache
->func_size
= size
;
7579 cache
->filename
= NULL
;
7580 low_func
= code_off
;
7582 && ((sym
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) != 0
7583 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7584 cache
->filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7586 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7587 state
= symbol_seen
;
7591 if (cache
->func
== NULL
)
7595 *filename_ptr
= cache
->filename
;
7596 if (functionname_ptr
)
7597 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (cache
->func
);
7602 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7603 for error reporting. */
7606 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7610 const char **filename_ptr
,
7611 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7612 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7614 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (abfd
, section
, symbols
,
7615 offset
, filename_ptr
,
7622 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (bfd
*abfd
,
7626 const char **filename_ptr
,
7627 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7628 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
7629 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
7633 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7634 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7637 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7638 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7639 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7645 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
7646 section
, symbols
, offset
,
7647 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7648 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
, 0,
7649 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7651 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7652 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7653 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7659 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7660 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7661 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7662 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7664 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7667 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7670 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7671 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7678 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7681 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7682 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7684 return _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7685 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7690 _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7691 const char **filename_ptr
,
7692 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
7693 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
7695 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7696 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
, 0,
7697 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7700 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7701 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7702 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7703 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7704 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7707 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7708 const char **filename_ptr
,
7709 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7710 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7713 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7714 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7715 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7720 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7722 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7723 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7725 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7727 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
7729 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7731 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7734 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7735 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7738 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7741 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
7749 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7751 const void *location
,
7753 bfd_size_type count
)
7755 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7758 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7759 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7762 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7763 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7764 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7765 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7772 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7773 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7774 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7779 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7782 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7784 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7786 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7788 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7789 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7791 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7792 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7794 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7796 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7799 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7802 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7805 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7808 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7811 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7814 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7820 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7822 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7824 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7825 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7827 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7832 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7838 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7841 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7844 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7847 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7850 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7856 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7860 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7868 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7869 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7870 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7871 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7876 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7878 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
7879 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
7881 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7882 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7883 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7886 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7889 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7890 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7891 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7894 bfd_reloc_status_type
7895 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7896 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7897 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7898 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7899 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7901 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7904 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7905 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7906 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7907 out details about the corefile. */
7909 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7910 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7911 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7912 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7915 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7916 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7919 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7923 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
7925 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
7930 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7931 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7932 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7936 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7940 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7943 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7947 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7948 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7949 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7953 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7954 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7955 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7956 such a section already exists.
7957 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7958 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7959 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7961 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7967 char *threaded_name
;
7971 /* Build the section name. */
7973 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7974 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7975 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7976 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7978 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7980 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7985 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7986 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7988 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7991 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7993 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7997 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8000 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8005 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
8009 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8010 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8011 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8013 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8014 has already been set by another thread. */
8015 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8016 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8017 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8018 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8020 /* pr_who exists on:
8023 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8026 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8027 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8029 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8032 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8033 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
8035 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8036 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8038 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8039 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
8040 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8042 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8043 has already been set by another thread. */
8044 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8045 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8046 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8047 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8049 /* pr_who exists on:
8052 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8055 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8056 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8058 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8061 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8064 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8065 note size (ie. data object type). */
8069 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8070 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
8071 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
8073 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8075 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8077 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8079 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8081 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
8082 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
8085 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8086 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8087 data structure apart. */
8090 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8092 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8095 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8096 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8100 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8102 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8105 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8106 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8107 contents literally. */
8110 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8112 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
8116 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8118 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
8122 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8124 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
8128 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8130 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8134 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8136 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8140 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8142 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8146 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8148 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8152 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8154 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8158 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8160 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8164 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8166 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8170 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8172 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8176 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8178 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
8182 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8184 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8188 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8190 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
8194 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8196 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
8200 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8202 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
8205 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8206 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8207 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8208 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8212 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8213 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8214 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8215 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8219 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8220 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8221 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8224 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8227 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
8235 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
8239 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
8245 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8247 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8249 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
8251 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
8253 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8255 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8256 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8258 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8259 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8260 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8262 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8263 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8264 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8266 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8267 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
8269 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8270 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
8272 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8274 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8275 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8277 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8278 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8279 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8281 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8282 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8283 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8289 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8290 note size (ie. data object type). */
8294 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8295 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8296 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8299 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
8300 int n
= strlen (command
);
8302 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
8303 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
8308 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8310 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8312 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8314 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
8315 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8316 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
8322 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8324 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8326 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8327 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
8329 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8332 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8334 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8337 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8338 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8339 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8343 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8345 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8347 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8349 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8355 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
8356 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8357 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
8362 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8364 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
8365 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8367 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8368 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
8370 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8372 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8373 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8374 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8377 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8379 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8383 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8384 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8385 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8386 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8389 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8390 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
8391 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8394 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8396 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8399 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8401 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8402 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8403 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8406 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8408 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8412 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8413 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8414 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8415 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8418 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8419 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
8420 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
8423 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8425 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
8427 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8430 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8437 int is_active_thread
;
8440 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
8443 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
8446 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
8450 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8451 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
8452 /* process_info.pid */
8453 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8454 /* process_info.signal */
8455 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
8458 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8459 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8460 /* thread_info.tid */
8461 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
8463 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8464 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8468 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8470 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8474 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8476 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8477 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
8478 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8480 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8481 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8483 if (is_active_thread
)
8484 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8488 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8489 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8490 /* module_info.base_address */
8491 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
8492 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
8494 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8495 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8499 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8501 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8506 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8507 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8508 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8519 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8521 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8529 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
8530 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
8532 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8533 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
8538 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8540 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8543 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8545 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
8548 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8549 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8551 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
8552 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8554 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
8555 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8556 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8557 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8561 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8562 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8563 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8564 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
8569 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8570 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8571 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
8576 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8577 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8578 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
8582 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
8583 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8584 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8585 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
8590 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8591 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8592 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
8596 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
8597 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8598 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8599 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
8603 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
8604 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8605 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8606 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
8611 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8612 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8613 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
8617 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
8618 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8619 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8620 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
8624 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
8625 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8626 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8627 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
8631 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
8632 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8633 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8634 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
8639 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8640 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8641 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
8646 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8647 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8648 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
8653 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8654 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8655 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
8659 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
8660 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8661 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8662 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
8666 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
8667 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8668 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8669 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
8675 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
8676 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
8678 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8679 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
8686 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8691 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8692 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8693 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8699 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
8703 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
8709 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8711 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
8713 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
8716 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8717 t
->build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*t
->build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
8718 if (t
->build_id
== NULL
)
8721 t
->build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8722 memcpy (t
->build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8728 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8735 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
8736 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
8741 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8743 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
8744 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
8747 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
8748 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
8749 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8751 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
8757 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8762 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
8770 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
8774 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
8777 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
8784 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8786 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8787 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
8788 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8790 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8791 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
8792 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
8794 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8795 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8796 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
8798 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8803 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8807 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
8808 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
8810 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
8812 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8813 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8814 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8815 creates a core file. */
8817 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8820 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8821 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8822 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8825 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8829 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8831 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8832 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8834 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8835 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8838 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8839 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8841 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8842 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8848 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8849 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8854 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8855 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8857 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8858 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8868 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8870 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8871 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
8872 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8874 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8875 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
8876 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
8878 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8879 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8880 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
8886 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8888 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
8889 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8891 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
8892 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8894 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
8895 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8897 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
8898 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8900 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
8902 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8907 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8908 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8909 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8914 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
8916 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
8921 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8922 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8923 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8932 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8934 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
8941 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8942 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
8944 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8945 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
8947 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8948 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
8950 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8951 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
8953 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
8954 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
8957 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8958 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8959 thread just in case. */
8960 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
8961 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
8963 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8964 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
8966 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8971 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8975 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8976 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8977 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8979 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
8983 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
8984 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8992 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8993 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
8995 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9000 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9004 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9005 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9006 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9008 /* This is the current thread. */
9009 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
9010 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
9015 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
9016 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
9017 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
9018 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9021 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9023 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9024 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9026 static long tid
= 1;
9030 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
9031 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
9032 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
9033 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
9034 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
9035 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
9036 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
9037 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
9044 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9050 /* Use note name as section name. */
9052 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9055 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
9056 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
9058 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9062 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9063 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9064 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
9069 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9072 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9076 size of data for note
9078 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9079 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9080 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9081 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9084 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9087 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9095 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
9102 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
9104 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
9106 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
9109 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
9110 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
9111 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
9112 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
9113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
9114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
9118 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
9126 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
9137 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
9143 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9145 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9148 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9149 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
9154 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9155 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9156 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9158 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9160 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9163 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9166 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9167 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9168 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9169 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9170 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9175 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9177 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9180 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9183 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9184 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9185 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9186 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9187 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9189 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9196 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9197 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9198 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9200 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data
;
9202 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9203 LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9205 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
9206 &data
, sizeof (data
));
9210 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9211 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9212 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9214 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data
;
9216 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9217 LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9219 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9220 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9224 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9231 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9233 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9236 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9238 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
9243 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9244 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9245 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9247 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9249 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9250 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9251 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9252 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9253 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9254 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9261 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9262 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9263 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9264 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9265 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9266 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9268 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9274 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9276 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9283 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9284 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9286 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9287 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
9288 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9289 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9290 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
9291 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9293 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
9294 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
9296 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
9297 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
9300 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9301 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9303 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9305 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9307 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9311 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9312 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9314 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9315 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9316 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9318 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9322 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9323 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9324 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9325 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9333 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9334 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9335 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9336 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9340 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9343 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9349 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9350 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9351 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
9355 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9358 const void *xfpregs
,
9361 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9362 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9363 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
9367 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9368 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
9370 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9371 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9372 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
9376 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
9379 const void *ppc_vmx
,
9382 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9383 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9384 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
9388 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
9391 const void *ppc_vsx
,
9394 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9395 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9396 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
9400 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
9403 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
9406 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9407 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9408 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
9409 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
9413 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
9416 const void *s390_timer
,
9419 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9420 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9421 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
9425 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
9428 const void *s390_todcmp
,
9431 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9432 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9433 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
9437 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9440 const void *s390_todpreg
,
9443 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9444 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9445 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
9449 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
9452 const void *s390_ctrs
,
9455 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9456 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9457 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
9461 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
9464 const void *s390_prefix
,
9467 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9468 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9469 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
9473 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9476 const void *s390_last_break
,
9479 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9480 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9481 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
9482 s390_last_break
, size
);
9486 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
9489 const void *s390_system_call
,
9492 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9493 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9494 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
9495 s390_system_call
, size
);
9499 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
9502 const void *s390_tdb
,
9505 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9506 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9507 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
9511 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
9514 const void *arm_vfp
,
9517 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9518 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9519 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
9523 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
9526 const void *aarch_tls
,
9529 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9530 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9531 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
9535 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9538 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
9541 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9542 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9543 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
9547 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
9550 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
9553 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9554 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9555 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
9559 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9562 const char *section
,
9566 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
9567 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9568 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9569 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9570 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9571 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9572 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9573 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9574 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9575 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9576 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9577 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9578 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9579 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9580 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9581 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9582 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9583 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9584 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9585 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9586 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9587 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9588 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9589 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9590 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9591 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9592 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
9593 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9594 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9595 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9596 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
9597 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9598 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
9599 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9600 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
9601 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9606 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
9611 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
9613 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9614 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
9615 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
9617 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
9620 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
9622 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
9623 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
9624 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
9627 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
9628 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
9629 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
9631 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
9632 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
9635 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
9641 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9643 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9646 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "OpenBSD"))
9648 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9651 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
9653 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
9656 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "SPU/"))
9658 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9663 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
9669 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
9671 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9674 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
9675 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
9677 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
9683 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
9690 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
9697 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
9700 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
);
9704 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
9705 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
9715 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9717 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9718 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9719 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9722 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
9724 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9726 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9730 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
9733 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9734 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9735 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9736 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9738 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9739 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9742 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
9746 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9748 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9752 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
9753 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
9754 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
9759 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9760 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9761 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9762 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9764 return reloc_class_normal
;
9767 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9768 relocation against a local symbol. */
9771 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9772 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9774 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9776 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9779 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9780 + sec
->output_offset
9782 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
9783 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
9784 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9787 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9788 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9789 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
9792 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9793 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9794 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9795 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9796 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9797 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9798 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
9801 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
9802 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9808 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9809 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9813 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9815 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9816 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
9818 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9819 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9820 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
9824 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
9825 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9829 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9831 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9832 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9834 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9835 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
9837 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
9839 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9840 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
9841 offset
= sec
->size
- offset
- address_size
;
9847 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9848 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9849 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9850 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9851 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9852 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9854 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9855 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9856 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9857 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9858 the remote memory. */
9861 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9865 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
9867 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
9868 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
9872 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
9873 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9874 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9879 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9882 const char *relplt_name
;
9883 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
9887 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9893 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
9896 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
9899 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
9902 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
9903 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
9904 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9905 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
9909 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
9910 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
9911 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
9914 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
9918 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
9919 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
9922 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9923 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
9924 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9925 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9927 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
9931 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
9933 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9938 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
9942 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
9943 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9945 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9950 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
9951 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
9954 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
9955 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9956 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9957 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
9958 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
9959 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
9961 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
9964 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
9965 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
9971 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9972 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9973 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
9974 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
9977 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
9980 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
9981 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
9988 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
9989 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
9990 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
9991 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
9994 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd
* abfd
,
9995 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9997 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
9999 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
10001 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
10003 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
10004 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
10005 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
10006 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
10007 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
10008 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
10012 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
10013 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
10014 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
10017 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
10019 return (type
== STT_FUNC
10020 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
10023 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
10024 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
10025 otherwise return zero. */
10028 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
10031 bfd_size_type size
;
10033 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
10034 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
10035 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
10038 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
10040 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
10041 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;